diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2017-09-11 20:47:29 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2017-09-11 20:47:29 +0000 |
| commit | fcd87a9cfad7e0d21b6843d62708c8ee5dbbe174 (patch) | |
| tree | 6fe969d7c8e205f66ad5a5457cb5be51edaeb23f /Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra | |
| parent | 4d303b2a2c199c45fa891c360c4e314aae684669 (diff) | |
glossaries-extra (11sep17)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@45271 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra')
53 files changed, 1668 insertions, 1586 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES index 363f5a52ab4..8847364c4f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES @@ -1,3 +1,10 @@ +1.20 (2017-09-11): + + * New 'printgloss' key targetnameprefix + + * Corrected .ins to remove default preamble and postamble + from .bib files + 1.19 (2017-09-08): * New command: \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README index d80be737d10..695a88fd053 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.19 +LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.20 -Last Modified : 2017-09-08 +Last Modified : 2017-09-11 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf Binary files differindex b300a1a6164..d49590fb5cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html index 527e2998ae1..46f0c965061 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ div.abstract {width:100%;} .equation-star td{text-align:center; } table.equation-star { width:100%; } table.equation { width:100%; } -table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;} +table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;} table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;} td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; } td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;} @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;} > <!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" > </p><!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.19: an extension to the</span> +class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.20: an extension to the</span> <span class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span> </p> @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table> </div> <!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2017-09-08</span></p></div> +class="cmr-12">2017-09-11</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > @@ -1573,25 +1573,38 @@ which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks. </p><!--l. 857--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-5006"></a>, -<span + id="dx1-5006"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-5007"></a> and <span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have an extra key <span + id="dx1-5007"></a> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have two extra keys: +</p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">target</span><a - id="dx1-5008"></a>. This is a -boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for -each entry. Unlike <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch off hyperlinks, so -any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected. This is a way of -avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to be displayed multiple -times. -</p><!--l. 866--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-5008"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic + hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch + off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected. + This is a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to + be displayed multiple times. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a + id="dx1-5009"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names + is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span +class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span> + this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).</li></ul> +<!--l. 875--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">category</span><a - id="dx1-5009"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this + id="dx1-5010"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this is <span class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span @@ -1600,7 +1613,7 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for furt </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-5010"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a + id="dx1-5011"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a href="#sec:alias"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3 </a><a href="#sec:alias">Entry @@ -1608,32 +1621,35 @@ href="#sec:alias">Entry </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-5011"></a>, which performs much like <span + id="dx1-5012"></a>, which performs much like <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-5012"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and + id="dx1-5013"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and “see also” treatment. See <a href="#sec:see"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</li></ul> -<!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span +<!--l. 887--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of + + + <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-5013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-5014"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a - id="dx1-5014"></a> and <span + id="dx1-5015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a - id="dx1-5015"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also + id="dx1-5016"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.bib </span>files that correspond to each <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span> file for testing <a - id="dx1-5016"></a><a + id="dx1-5017"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a - id="dx1-5017"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 885--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-5018"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 894--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12) that doesn’t automatically insert @@ -1643,11 +1659,11 @@ that doesn’t automatically insert <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc </div> -<!--l. 889--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. -</p><!--l. 891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 898--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field. +</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5018"></a> <span + id="dx1-5019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -1657,19 +1673,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5019"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span + id="dx1-5020"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 897--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes +</p><!--l. 906--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses: -</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5020"></a> <span + id="dx1-5021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" > This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the <span class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: @@ -1680,56 +1696,56 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip} </div> -<!--l. 908--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t +<!--l. 917--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t suppress the post-description hook. -</p><!--l. 912--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span +</p><!--l. 921--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5021"></a> package’s treatment of the + id="dx1-5022"></a> package’s treatment of the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5022"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for + id="dx1-5023"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for multi-paragraph descriptions, the default behaviour with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-5023"></a>’s + id="dx1-5024"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>is to simply leave the plural description unset unless explicitly set using the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5024"></a> key. The <span + id="dx1-5025"></a> key. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries.sty </span>version of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-5025f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 927--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span + id="x1-5026f1"></a> +</p><!--l. 936--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span> to the description’s plural form. -</p><!--l. 930--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 939--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a - id="dx1-5031"></a> command (defined through the <span + id="dx1-5032"></a> command (defined through the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-5032"></a> package option) is modified + id="dx1-5033"></a> package option) is modified so that the category defaults to <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-5033"></a>. The <span + id="dx1-5034"></a>. The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-5034"></a> command is modified + id="dx1-5035"></a> command is modified to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a href="#sec:abbreviations"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>3 </a><a href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 936--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 945--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument. -</p><!--l. 937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-5035"></a> <span + id="dx1-5036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the @@ -1737,29 +1753,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that need processing with an external indexing application. -</p><!--l. 945--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span +</p><!--l. 954--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.) -</p><!--l. 950--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 959--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document (even with the <a href="#styopt.docdef"><span class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a - id="dx1-5036"></a> option). </div> -</p><!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 955--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a - id="dx1-5037"></a><a + id="dx1-5037"></a> option). </div> +</p><!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 964--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a + id="dx1-5038"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of the Lua alternative <a - id="dx1-5038"></a><a + id="dx1-5039"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-5039"></a></a> (both distributed with <span + id="dx1-5040"></a></a> (both distributed with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> v4.27) to allow for this use of <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span @@ -1767,12 +1783,12 @@ class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. Alternatively, use the <span class="cmss-10">automake</span><a - id="dx1-5040"></a> option. + id="dx1-5041"></a> option. </p> -<!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -1833,13 +1849,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this opti settings (such as <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-6010"></a>). - <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using - </p><!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using + </p><!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" > which is defined as: @@ -1856,15 +1872,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>  <br /> }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 1009--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional - </p><!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1018--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional + </p><!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" > which is used to determine where to perform the indexing. - </p><!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a + </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a id="dx1-6013"></a> attribute to <span @@ -1879,22 +1895,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.) </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1025--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the +<!--l. 1034--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the external glossary files: -</p><!--l. 1027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-6016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined. (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.) -</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span +</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6017"></a> and <span @@ -1909,7 +1925,7 @@ class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6019"></a> keys is intended primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from a counter. -</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span +</p><!--l. 1054--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6020"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a @@ -1925,12 +1941,12 @@ can be used to form hypertargets. -</p><!--l. 1053--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6023"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application that will accept the given value. </div> -</p><!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1058--><p class="indent" > For example, <span +</p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1067--><p class="indent" > For example, <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-6024"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span @@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@ example, <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1068--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a +<!--l. 1077--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a id="dx1-6026"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -1970,7 +1986,7 @@ class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-6030"></a> key to prevent a hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location value. -</p><!--l. 1077--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span +</p><!--l. 1086--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains: @@ -1987,7 +2003,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:  <br />\gls{sample}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1092--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this +<!--l. 1101--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a id="dx1-6031"></a> to <span @@ -2008,13 +2024,13 @@ example:  <br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1111--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span +<!--l. 1120--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-6032"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1115--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the +</p><!--l. 1124--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the <a href="#catattr.externallocation"><span class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a @@ -2028,7 +2044,7 @@ class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,  <br /> name={sample},description={an example}} </div> -<!--l. 1123--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span +<!--l. 1132--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: @@ -2037,7 +2053,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1127--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span +<!--l. 1136--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-6034"></a> package. Remember that the counter used for the location also needs to match. If <span @@ -2053,14 +2069,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex </span>for an example that uses <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-6036"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1137--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span +</p><!--l. 1146--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the relevant place in the external PDF file <span class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page. </div> -</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1144--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span +</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1153--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span> are in the same directory, then viewing <span @@ -2068,12 +2084,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf </span>in Evince will take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked document. -</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3> -<!--l. 1154--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span +<!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, @@ -2100,20 +2116,20 @@ class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-7008"></a><a id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next run. -</p><!--l. 1167--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span +</p><!--l. 1176--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide -</p><!--l. 1168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused cross-references unless the package option <a href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false. -</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span +</p><!--l. 1184--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the <span @@ -2142,18 +2158,18 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7019"></a> value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that point. -</p><!--l. 1186--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given +</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 1188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses -</p><!--l. 1192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7021"></a> <span @@ -2162,7 +2178,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span @@ -2184,7 +2200,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a +</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a id="dx1-7025"></a>number list using <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-7026"></a>. This @@ -2198,7 +2214,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-7029"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a id="dx1-7030"></a>number list. -</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook +</p><!--l. 1219--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For example: @@ -2213,11 +2229,11 @@ example:  <br /> {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1219--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a +<!--l. 1228--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a id="dx1-7031"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been suppressed. -</p><!--l. 1223--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span +</p><!--l. 1232--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7032"></a> key. Unlike <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a @@ -2237,28 +2253,28 @@ instead (or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described below). -</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7035"></a> key using: -</p><!--l. 1233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" > This works in much the same way as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses -</p><!--l. 1238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -2274,20 +2290,20 @@ For example:  <br /> {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1251--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1253--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span +<!--l. 1260--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1262--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7038"></a> field can be accessed with: -</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" > This will just expand to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a @@ -2302,7 +2318,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated list. -</p><!--l. 1265--><p class="indent" > The base <span +</p><!--l. 1274--><p class="indent" > The base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a id="dx1-7042"></a>, which requires a @@ -2313,20 +2329,20 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the argument. For convenience, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides -</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1272--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" > which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>. -</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a id="dx1-7044"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using -</p><!--l. 1276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-7045"></a> <span @@ -2335,7 +2351,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" > which just does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -2353,15 +2369,15 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-7047"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct <span class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead. -<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span +<!--l. 1299--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant @@ -2372,7 +2388,7 @@ whether or not it actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry format. -</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span +</p><!--l. 1306--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a id="dx1-8003"></a><a @@ -2455,22 +2471,22 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.2 </a><a href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>). </li></ul> -<!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather +<!--l. 1337--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style. -</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span +</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of the new command -</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1345--><p class="noindent" > This just does its argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then @@ -2479,7 +2495,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>. This is more precise than changing <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a id="dx1-8027"></a> which will be applied to all linking commands for all entries. -</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 1353--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -2487,7 +2503,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span +<!--l. 1356--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the category: @@ -2498,7 +2514,7 @@ category: \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  <br /> \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1353--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute: +<!--l. 1362--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute: @@ -2508,7 +2524,7 @@ category:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%  <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 1360--><p class="nopar" > or use the attribute to store the control sequence name: +<!--l. 1369--><p class="nopar" > or use the attribute to store the control sequence name: @@ -2522,7 +2538,7 @@ category:  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" > (Remember the category and attribute settings will only queried here for <a +<!--l. 1380--><p class="nopar" > (Remember the category and attribute settings will only queried here for <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-8028"></a> @@ -2532,7 +2548,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a changes the regular attribute to “false”, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont </span>will no longer apply.) -</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information after the <a @@ -2541,32 +2557,32 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined to -</p><!--l. 1381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" > This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do -</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1389--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and -</p><!--l. 1391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1393--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" > if a full stop has been discarded. -</p><!--l. 1396--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span +</p><!--l. 1405--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like @@ -2578,8 +2594,8 @@ href="#sec:nested"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1403--><p class="indent" > By default <span +</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" > By default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a @@ -2591,7 +2607,7 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-8036"></a> category, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been defined.) -</p><!--l. 1409--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command +</p><!--l. 1418--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a @@ -2609,21 +2625,21 @@ with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be discarded and the spac adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be reinserted. -</p><!--l. 1422--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing +</p><!--l. 1431--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing the post-<a id="dx1-8039"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks: -</p><!--l. 1424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" > This will add the description in parentheses on <a id="dx1-8041"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. -</p><!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a +</p><!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a id="dx1-8042"></a>first use for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a @@ -2637,18 +2653,18 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a  <br />  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" > This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a id="dx1-8045"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. -</p><!--l. 1444--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use +</p><!--l. 1453--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-8046"></a> within the post-<a @@ -2657,7 +2673,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook as by this point the <a id="dx1-8048"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have been unset. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8049"></a> <span @@ -2666,7 +2682,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1458--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a id="dx1-8050"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it @@ -2677,7 +2693,7 @@ locally set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a id="dx1-8051"></a>link-text hook. -</p><!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span +</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-8052"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a @@ -2700,8 +2716,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>so that it fakes non-<a id="dx1-8059"></a>first use otherwise the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate. </div> -</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1468--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a +</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1477--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a id="dx1-8060"></a>link-text on <a id="dx1-8061"></a>first use for the <span @@ -2716,27 +2732,27 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a  <br />  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1474--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1476--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 1483--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a id="dx1-8063"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a id="dx1-8064"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the footnote after trailing punctuation characters. -</p><!--l. 1480--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span +</p><!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-8065"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-8066"></a> etc with: -</p><!--l. 1482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" > For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: @@ -2745,7 +2761,7 @@ For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 1489--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want the location added to the <a id="dx1-8068"></a><a @@ -2754,7 +2770,7 @@ settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 1496--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span +</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and <span @@ -2765,18 +2781,18 @@ class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a id="dx1-8070"></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 1502--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1506--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span +</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-8071"></a>, you can instead use: -</p><!--l. 1508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" > This has the advantage of also working for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly @@ -2789,8 +2805,8 @@ overridden): \backmatter  <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit} </div> -<!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span +<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-8072"></a> have star (<span class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span @@ -2800,7 +2816,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a third modifier, if required, using -</p><!--l. 1523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8073"></a> <span @@ -2810,18 +2826,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1525--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). -</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. </div> -</p><!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="indent" > Example: +</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" > Example: @@ -2829,7 +2845,7 @@ class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code. <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 1540--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do @@ -2840,17 +2856,17 @@ not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample} </div> -<!--l. 1546--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you can’t combine the <span class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers. -</p><!--l. 1551--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > <a id="dx1-8074"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use -</p><!--l. 1553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8075"></a> <span @@ -2865,7 +2881,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" > This command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check @@ -2874,8 +2890,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting command. -</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses -</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses +</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8076"></a> <span @@ -2885,9 +2901,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" > otherwise it uses -</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8077"></a> <span @@ -2897,11 +2913,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="noindent" > for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩) or -</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8078"></a> <span @@ -2911,16 +2927,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" > for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in -</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in +</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1590--><p class="noindent" > and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span @@ -2931,9 +2947,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> (If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.) -</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, +</p><!--l. 1598--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range, does -</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-8080"></a> <span @@ -2943,7 +2959,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="noindent" > (which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span @@ -2957,7 +2973,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty. -</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > This means that the list +</p><!--l. 1609--><p class="indent" > This means that the list @@ -2967,7 +2983,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}. </div> -<!--l. 1605--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from +<!--l. 1614--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from @@ -2977,14 +2993,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},  <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}. </div> -<!--l. 1611--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can +<!--l. 1620--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can accommodate the ranges. -</p><!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 1619--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1628--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a id="dx1-9001"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span @@ -2997,7 +3013,7 @@ href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: +</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing: @@ -3005,7 +3021,7 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \glsenableentrycount </div> -<!--l. 1628--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: +<!--l. 1637--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do: @@ -3014,21 +3030,21 @@ href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). \glsenableentrycount  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1} </div> -<!--l. 1633--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span +<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a id="dx1-9003"></a> category, but any entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged. -</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is +</p><!--l. 1647--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is described in <a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>. -</p><!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from +<!--l. 1652--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies, sheep). The <span @@ -3039,7 +3055,7 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example, the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the singular. -</p><!--l. 1652--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be +</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-10003"></a> package sets lets the <span @@ -3055,11 +3071,11 @@ don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-10007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the exceptions. -</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span +</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-10008"></a> field will always need to be supplied, where needed. -</p><!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span +</p><!--l. 1673--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-10009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a @@ -3069,7 +3085,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the context). -</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span +</p><!--l. 1679--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-10012"></a> package follows these rules: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> @@ -3133,7 +3149,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix</span><a class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-10031"></a> field. </li></ul> -<!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > This <span +<!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" > This <span class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the <span @@ -3148,12 +3164,12 @@ abbreviation styles. This means that every time an abbreviation style is implemented, <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to use -</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-10035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1712--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their own command for the plural suffix, such as <span @@ -3166,7 +3182,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span>, which changes with the style. Redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the new abbreviation mechanism. -</p><!--l. 1713--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two +</p><!--l. 1722--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a href="#catattr.aposplural"><span class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a @@ -3179,7 +3195,7 @@ uses the suffix <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> '\abbrvpluralsuffix </div> -<!--l. 1718--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span +<!--l. 1727--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second attribute is <a href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span @@ -3190,12 +3206,12 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a same as <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-10039"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3> -<!--l. 1727--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span +<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-11001"></a> in the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -3208,7 +3224,7 @@ fields, if set). This tends to occur with abbreviations that extend other abbrev For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext Markup Language. -</p><!--l. 1735--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span +</p><!--l. 1744--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: @@ -3219,8 +3235,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:  <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}  <br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 1741--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: +<!--l. 1750--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="indent" > The main problems are: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-11006x1"><a @@ -3239,7 +3255,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> if the long form is displayed before the shor <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html} </div> - <!--l. 1751--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1760--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this will effectively try to do @@ -3249,7 +3265,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> \uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html} </div> - <!--l. 1756--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span + <!--l. 1765--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised. This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as <span @@ -3290,15 +3306,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}. </div> - <!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 1784--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext + <!--l. 1787--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div> - <!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-11019"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”. - </p><!--l. 1784--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is @@ -3312,17 +3328,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry, for example: The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's  <br />first discuss \gls{ssi}. </div> - <!--l. 1790--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 1799--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) + <!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s first discuss SSI.</p></div> - <!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-11020"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange. - </p><!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span + </p><!--l. 1811--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two entries: @@ -3332,17 +3348,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}. </div> - <!--l. 1806--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + <!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar" > This produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 1809--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) + <!--l. 1818--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div> - <!--l. 1812--><p class="noindent" >So the <a + <!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >So the <a id="dx1-11021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more strange. - </p><!--l. 1816--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span + </p><!--l. 1825--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: @@ -3353,7 +3369,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> \setacronymstyle{long-short} </div> - <!--l. 1821--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span + <!--l. 1830--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so @@ -3365,7 +3381,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>has been changed to <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>. - </p><!--l. 1829--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span + </p><!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> entry. For example: @@ -3376,10 +3392,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> \gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml} </div> - <!--l. 1833--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span + <!--l. 1842--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”, which is downright weird. - </p><!--l. 1837--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which + </p><!--l. 1846--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span @@ -3412,7 +3428,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the glossary. </li></ol> -<!--l. 1858--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands +<!--l. 1867--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-11031"></a> or <span @@ -3429,7 +3445,7 @@ like:  <br /> [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 1866--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 1875--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or: @@ -3440,7 +3456,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:  <br /> [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 1872--><p class="nopar" > with <span +<!--l. 1881--><p class="nopar" > with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a @@ -3451,7 +3467,7 @@ may fix the <a id="dx1-11034"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed above. -</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use +</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>: @@ -3465,10 +3481,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:  <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsabbrvfont{html}} </div> -<!--l. 1888--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). +<!--l. 1897--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case). This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same style. -</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span +</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-11035"></a> in a field that may be included within some <a @@ -3492,7 +3508,7 @@ form <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html} </div> -<!--l. 1904--><p class="nopar" > is treated as +<!--l. 1913--><p class="nopar" > is treated as @@ -3501,7 +3517,7 @@ form {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled  <br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}} </div> -<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a +<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a @@ -3517,7 +3533,7 @@ as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-11040"></a>). -</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 1929--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a id="dx1-11041"></a> or <span @@ -3555,7 +3571,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry had instead been defined as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}} </div> -<!--l. 1933--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a +<!--l. 1942--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-11047"></a> style) the <a @@ -3569,7 +3585,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled  <br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </div> -<!--l. 1939--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: +<!--l. 1948--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as: @@ -3578,7 +3594,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsxtrshort{html}} </div> -<!--l. 1944--><p class="nopar" > then the <a +<!--l. 1953--><p class="nopar" > then the <a id="dx1-11049"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: @@ -3589,7 +3605,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like: {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled  <br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML) </div> -<!--l. 1949--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span +<!--l. 1958--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The @@ -3600,8 +3616,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-11051"></a>. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style. -</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: -</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use: +</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11052"></a> <span @@ -3610,7 +3626,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span @@ -3620,34 +3636,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) or in the form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>). -</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: -</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1974--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields: +</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and -</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1972--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1981--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described @@ -3664,14 +3680,14 @@ class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-11056"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can use -</p><!--l. 1982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -3680,17 +3696,17 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false} </div> -<!--l. 1988--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using +<!--l. 1997--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested links. -</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the +</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the command: -</p><!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="noindent" > which by default just does @@ -3699,7 +3715,7 @@ which by default just does <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex} </div> -<!--l. 2001--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span +<!--l. 2010--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the glossary. For example: @@ -3709,8 +3725,8 @@ glossary. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}} </div> -<!--l. 2006--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 2015--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" > For example, @@ -3718,7 +3734,7 @@ glossary. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> \glsxtrp{short}{ssi} </div> -<!--l. 2011--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to +<!--l. 2020--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to @@ -3728,7 +3744,7 @@ glossary. For example:  <br /> \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2017--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or +<!--l. 2026--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or @@ -3738,8 +3754,8 @@ glossary. For example:  <br /> \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2023--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) -</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2032--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.) +</p><!--l. 2035--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent to @@ -3749,19 +3765,19 @@ to <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}} </div> -<!--l. 2030--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a +<!--l. 2039--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a id="dx1-11059"></a> attribute.) -</p><!--l. 2033--><p class="indent" > If <span +</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > If <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-11060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example). -</p><!--l. 2037--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands -</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands +</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11061"></a> <span @@ -3770,9 +3786,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2040--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" > for first letter upper case and -</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11062"></a> <span @@ -3781,9 +3797,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2044--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" > for all upper case. -</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span +</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-11063"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a @@ -3795,15 +3811,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-11066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used by those case-changing commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a +</p><!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>. -</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" > If you <span +</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > If you <span class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is @@ -3813,8 +3829,8 @@ class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled  <br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}} </div> -<!--l. 2065--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. -</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > Example document: +<!--l. 2074--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally. +</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" > Example document: @@ -3844,16 +3860,16 @@ class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2115--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a @@ -3874,7 +3890,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short} </div> -<!--l. 2119--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just +<!--l. 2128--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> @@ -3892,7 +3908,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2132--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span +<!--l. 2141--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>: @@ -3909,7 +3925,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2144--><p class="nopar" > Table <a +<!--l. 2153--><p class="nopar" > Table <a href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the predefined acronym styles provided by <span @@ -3924,7 +3940,7 @@ details. -<!--l. 2151--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2160--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -3948,34 +3964,34 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" id="TBL-2-1" /><col id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td10"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a id="dx1-12003"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a id="dx1-12004"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-12005"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a id="dx1-12006"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-12007"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-12008"></a> <br @@ -3992,64 +4008,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a id="dx1-12009"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-12010"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a id="dx1-12011"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a id="dx1-12012"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a id="dx1-12013"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a id="dx1-12014"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-12015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12016"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-12017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12018"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-12019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12020"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-12021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12022"></a> <br @@ -4066,100 +4082,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-12023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12024"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-12025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12026"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-12027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12028"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-12029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a id="dx1-12030"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a id="dx1-12031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12032"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-12033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-12034"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a id="dx1-12035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-12036"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a id="dx1-12037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-12038"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a id="dx1-12039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12040"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-12041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12042"></a> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1" -class="td01"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td01"><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a id="dx1-12043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2" -class="td10"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a +class="td10"><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a id="dx1-12044"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div> @@ -4168,7 +4184,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 2186--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by +<!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are @@ -4177,15 +4193,15 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" > (before any use of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). -</p><!--l. 2198--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same @@ -4195,7 +4211,7 @@ class="cmss-10">type</span><a class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 2213--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span @@ -4207,8 +4223,8 @@ with entries defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-12049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span +</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a @@ -4222,30 +4238,30 @@ href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent" > The space command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-12053"></a> acronym style provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses -</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-12054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" > instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be changed using <span class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. -</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 2240--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a id="dx1-12055"></a> (such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span @@ -4260,44 +4276,44 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>with <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 2236--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2245--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > The <a id="dx1-12057"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command -</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2241--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the <a id="dx1-12058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a id="dx1-12059"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. -</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command -</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span +</p><!--l. 2255--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command +</p><!--l. 2256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2249--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" > is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a id="dx1-12060"></a>. This will be reset if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. </p> -<!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3> -<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span +<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a id="dx1-13001"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should take into account situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the document. -</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2271--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-13002"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first checking if <span @@ -4318,7 +4334,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@grouptitle@</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title using -</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-13005"></a> <span @@ -4327,7 +4343,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -4336,13 +4352,13 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)} </div> -<!--l. 2280--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2289--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.1 </span> <a id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4> -<!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span +<!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-14001"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a @@ -4362,26 +4378,26 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary style. -</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span +</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-14006"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a id="dx1-14007"></a>: -</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" > By default this checks the <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a id="dx1-14009"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed using -</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a id="dx1-14010"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -4390,12 +4406,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#sec:autoindex"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span +</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span @@ -4414,21 +4430,21 @@ category: \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space  <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})} </div> -<!--l. 2316--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also +<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also does -</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" > This occurs before the original <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a id="dx1-14013"></a> option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop. -</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span +</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where ⟨<span @@ -4441,18 +4457,18 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-14015"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" > Since both <span +</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" > Since both <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set -</p><!--l. 2335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2337--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" > to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these post-description hooks if you need to reference the label. -</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the +</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-14017"></a> category, then you could @@ -4465,10 +4481,10 @@ do: \renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space  <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})} </div> -<!--l. 2348--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find +<!--l. 2357--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the underlying glossary style.) -</p><!--l. 2353--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span +</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if you redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span @@ -4486,16 +4502,16 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:sty class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> that are missing <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2371--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.2 </span> <a id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4> -<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >The <a id="dx1-15001"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of -</p><!--l. 2368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15002"></a> <span @@ -4503,7 +4519,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2370--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="noindent" > This is internally used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a @@ -4513,27 +4529,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display th id="dx1-15004"></a>number list, but it still saves the <a id="dx1-15005"></a>number list in case it’s required. -</p><!--l. 2376--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a +</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a id="dx1-15006"></a>number list always use the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-15007"></a> option instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div> -</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a +</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a id="dx1-15008"></a>number list then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. -</p><!--l. 2386--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a +</p><!--l. 2395--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a id="dx1-15009"></a>number list. This is quite fiddly to do with the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display using: -</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15010"></a> <span @@ -4543,7 +4559,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a id="dx1-15011"></a>number list only contains a single location and @@ -4556,28 +4572,28 @@ class="cmti-10">pages</span>⟩ is the text to display otherwise. For examp <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> \GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: } </div> -<!--l. 2399--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. -</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span +<!--l. 2408--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command. +</p><!--l. 2411--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page number (and only index the entry once). </div> -</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2407--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2416--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 2409--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +</p><!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" > Note that <a id="dx1-15012"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-15013"></a></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>. -</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.3 </span> <a id="x1-160002.8.3"></a>The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4> -<!--l. 2416--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span +<!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a id="dx1-16001"></a> that @@ -4594,7 +4610,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example:  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods} </div> -<!--l. 2425--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span +<!--l. 2434--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span @@ -4610,7 +4626,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a \usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods} </div> -<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a +<!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-16003"></a> key when you load <span @@ -4627,7 +4643,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> \usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 2440--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a +<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a href="#styopt.stylemods"><span class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a id="dx1-16005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package @@ -4639,7 +4655,7 @@ identifiers. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> \usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 2445--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: +<!--l. 2454--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas: @@ -4647,8 +4663,8 @@ identifiers. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 2458--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a id="dx1-16006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition provided by the <span @@ -4672,7 +4688,7 @@ class="cmss-10">inline</span><a class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a id="dx1-16009"></a> option, but the post-description category hook can still be used. -</p><!--l. 2465--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span +</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some additional commands for use with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a @@ -4685,7 +4701,7 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span><a id="dx1-16012"></a> option has been used when loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16013"></a> <span @@ -4694,14 +4710,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-16014"></a>) but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a localised effect. For a global setting, use -</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16015"></a> <span @@ -4710,31 +4726,31 @@ class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="noindent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using -</p><!--l. 2483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="noindent" > for the top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2489--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number. -</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > The command <span +</p><!--l. 2501--><p class="indent" > The command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-16018"></a> has a CamelCase synonym: -</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16019"></a> <span @@ -4742,9 +4758,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2505--><p class="noindent" > Similar commands are also provided: -</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16020"></a> <span @@ -4753,7 +4769,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">glossary</span> <span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" > This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only useful if the glossaries that use the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a @@ -4764,7 +4780,7 @@ This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternativ place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the next run.) -</p><!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16022"></a> <span @@ -4772,22 +4788,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-16023"></a> key. This is useful if all levels should have the same width for the name. -</p><!--l. 2515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16025"></a> <span @@ -4795,11 +4811,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored. -</p><!--l. 2528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16026"></a> <span @@ -4807,10 +4823,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2539--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 2534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16027"></a> <span @@ -4821,12 +4837,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 2542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16028"></a> <span @@ -4837,10 +4853,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16029"></a> <span @@ -4853,7 +4869,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">symbol register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2560--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a id="dx1-16030"></a><a @@ -4867,7 +4883,7 @@ class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a id="dx1-16032"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 2559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16033"></a> <span @@ -4880,10 +4896,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">symbol register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2571--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16034"></a> <span @@ -4897,13 +4913,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2569--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2578--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the symbol. The length of the widest <a id="dx1-16035"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 2574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16036"></a> <span @@ -4914,13 +4930,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2586--><p class="noindent" > This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been used. -</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a +</p><!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a id="dx1-16037"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is governed by -</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16038"></a> <span @@ -4931,9 +4947,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" > for top-level entries and -</p><!--l. 2587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16039"></a> <span @@ -4944,27 +4960,27 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="noindent" > for sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span +</p><!--l. 2601--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-16040"></a> style: -</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions +</p><!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2607--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions is provided by the length -</p><!--l. 2600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span +</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a id="dx1-16043"></a> style, see the documented code (<span @@ -4978,11 +4994,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span>. </p> -<!--l. 2611--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2620--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2> -</p><!--l. 2614--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as +</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the @@ -4996,10 +5012,10 @@ to be <span class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2635--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better abbreviation handling, with -</p><!--l. 2628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17002"></a> <span @@ -5013,8 +5029,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2630--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2632--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span +</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2641--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-17003"></a> key to <span class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be @@ -5037,7 +5053,7 @@ href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 2642--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:nested"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span @@ -5048,10 +5064,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-17008"></a> within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 2646--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations +</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations or they may not be correctly applied. </div> -</p><!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2660--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-17009"></a> command provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by @@ -5065,7 +5081,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also href="#sec:acronymmods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so -</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17011"></a> <span @@ -5078,7 +5094,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2657--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" > is now equivalent @@ -5104,7 +5120,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2673--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package’s <span @@ -5124,13 +5140,13 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a styles provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar results.) -</p><!--l. 2674--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span +</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so, unlike the base <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within the same glossary. -</p><!--l. 2680--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on +</p><!--l. 2689--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on <a id="dx1-17016"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span @@ -5151,7 +5167,7 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-17021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are different. -</p><!--l. 2687--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span +</p><!--l. 2696--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-17022"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a @@ -5171,13 +5187,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>. </p> -<!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2704--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3> -<!--l. 2698--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are +<!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can use -</p><!--l. 2701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18001"></a> <span @@ -5188,9 +5204,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2703--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2712--><p class="noindent" > before you define your abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 2706--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 2715--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in @@ -5199,21 +5215,21 @@ href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a id="dx1-18002"></a> attribute set to “true”. For those cases it will use -</p><!--l. 2713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2724--><p class="noindent" > This command defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a id="dx1-18004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required. -</p><!--l. 2719--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred @@ -5225,7 +5241,7 @@ commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, jus forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention it. -</p><!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span +</p><!--l. 2737--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list of category names. The <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span @@ -5236,7 +5252,7 @@ href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 2735--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span +</p><!--l. 2744--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -5250,7 +5266,7 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag} </div> -<!--l. 2740--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span +<!--l. 2749--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For example: @@ -5269,18 +5285,18 @@ example:  <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}  <br /> {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage} </div> -<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for +<!--l. 2764--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for entries with the <a href="#catattr.tagging"><span class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a id="dx1-18008"></a> attribute set. -</p><!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: -</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using: +</p><!--l. 2774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19001"></a> <span @@ -5290,7 +5306,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label @@ -5312,11 +5328,11 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-19004"></a> attribute to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>. -</p><!--l. 2778--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a +</p><!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a different category to each group and set the style for the given category. </div> -</p><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2784--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-19005"></a> is disabled by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -5337,7 +5353,7 @@ href="#sec:acronymmods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is incompatible with all the commands described here. -<!--l. 2794--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span +<!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-19007"></a>, @@ -5347,7 +5363,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-19009"></a>). The short form can be produced with: -</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19010"></a> <span @@ -5358,12 +5374,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-19011"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with +</p><!--l. 2813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19012"></a> <span @@ -5374,13 +5390,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="noindent" > (Use this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a id="dx1-19013"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2818--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with -</p><!--l. 2810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19014"></a> <span @@ -5391,11 +5407,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" > (This this instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-19015"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 2824--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-19016"></a> for abbreviations, especially if you use the ⟨<span @@ -5403,8 +5419,8 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument. Use either <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a reset) or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2822--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format +</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2831--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format used on <a id="dx1-19017"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span @@ -5415,21 +5431,21 @@ class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a short form on <a id="dx1-19019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. -</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the +</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the commands described in <a href="#sec:headtitle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 2833--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2835--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands: -</p><!--l. 2839--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19020"></a> <span @@ -5440,9 +5456,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19021"></a> <span @@ -5453,9 +5469,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2847--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19022"></a> <span @@ -5466,12 +5482,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: +</p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form: -</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19023"></a> <span @@ -5482,9 +5498,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: -</p><!--l. 2860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form: +</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19024"></a> <span @@ -5495,9 +5511,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: -</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form: +</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19025"></a> <span @@ -5508,10 +5524,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. -</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: -</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available. +</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals: +</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19026"></a> <span @@ -5522,8 +5538,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19027"></a> <span @@ -5534,8 +5550,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19028"></a> <span @@ -5546,9 +5562,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2882--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: -</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals: +</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19029"></a> <span @@ -5559,8 +5575,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19030"></a> <span @@ -5571,8 +5587,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19031"></a> <span @@ -5583,9 +5599,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: -</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals: +</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19032"></a> <span @@ -5596,8 +5612,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19033"></a> <span @@ -5608,8 +5624,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2899--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19034"></a> <span @@ -5620,8 +5636,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span +</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and @@ -5636,13 +5652,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc. </div> -</p><!--l. 2910--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3> -<!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option +<!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option <a href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span @@ -5664,7 +5680,7 @@ href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table 3.1</a>. -<!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2931--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -5978,10 +5994,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2969--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a +<!--l. 2972--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-21001"></a> uses <span @@ -5992,7 +6008,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-21003"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a id="dx1-21004"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2968--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a +</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute to “true” for the @@ -6017,7 +6033,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-21013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a +</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-21014"></a> attribute. The <span @@ -6037,17 +6053,17 @@ format (through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-21019"></a> that are defined by the style). -</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a +</p><!--l. 2994--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a id="dx1-21020"></a>first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-21021"></a> may not match the text produced by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a id="dx1-21022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions). -</p><!--l. 2989--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span +</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles described here. -</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span +</p><!--l. 3001--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-21023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold @@ -6056,52 +6072,52 @@ class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a id="dx1-21024"></a> package with the <span class="cmss-10">T1</span> option or something similar. </div> -</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3009--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-21025"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" > to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text: (⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 3008--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-21027"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-21028"></a> use -</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3021--><p class="noindent" > for the short form. This just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is applied.) On first use, -</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 3020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21031"></a> <span @@ -6111,74 +6127,74 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" > which again just does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use, -</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the short form is given by -</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a id="dx1-21034"></a>. -</p><!--l. 3034--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a id="dx1-21035"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a id="dx1-21036"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 3036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-21038f1"></a> On first use -</p><!--l. 3044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span> to change first and subsequent uses or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the first use. -</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" > This is defined as @@ -6187,7 +6203,7 @@ This is defined as <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}} </div> -<!--l. 3060--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 3069--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a id="dx1-21041"></a> command is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the @@ -6207,51 +6223,51 @@ attributes. See <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 3071--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a id="dx1-21045"></a> and <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a id="dx1-21046"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 3073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" > which uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a id="dx1-21048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use -</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3091--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span +</p><!--l. 3094--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. -</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3102--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-21051"></a> or <a @@ -6259,36 +6275,36 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a id="dx1-21052"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" > On first use -</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" > is used instead. This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given by -</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic style unless the style is a “long-em” style. -</p><!--l. 3111--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a id="dx1-21056"></a> or <a @@ -6296,19 +6312,19 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a id="dx1-21057"></a>, use -</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>and -</p><!--l. 3117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21059"></a> <span @@ -6318,7 +6334,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span @@ -6326,126 +6342,126 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The first form <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span> is initialised to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. -</p><!--l. 3123--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: -</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands: +</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 3140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: -</p><!--l. 3146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles: +</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 3150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3164--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a id="dx1-21070"></a>: -</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3180--><p class="noindent" > for the short form, -</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" > for the first use short form, -</p><!--l. 3177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" > for the long form, -</p><!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21074"></a> <span @@ -6455,25 +6471,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" > for the first use long form, and -</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" > for the short plural suffix. -</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of +</p><!--l. 3199--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To move it inside, use: -</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3204--><p class="noindent" > This applies to all the predefined styles. For example: @@ -6484,17 +6500,17 @@ This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}  <br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </div> -<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default +<!--l. 3210--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default (without <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the emphasized font. -</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a +</p><!--l. 3215--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-21077"></a>, the inserted text would be placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the above example). -</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span +</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in @@ -6508,8 +6524,8 @@ convert its argument to lowercase. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 3217--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it +<!--l. 3226--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it easier to redefine this command to convert case: @@ -6519,16 +6535,16 @@ easier to redefine this command to convert case: \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 3225--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3227--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use -</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3234--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use +</p><!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" > as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by default, but may be changed as required. For example: @@ -6538,7 +6554,7 @@ default, but may be changed as required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~} </div> -<!--l. 3235--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 3244--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -6546,8 +6562,8 @@ default, but may be changed as required. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 3239--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> +<!--l. 3248--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span @@ -6558,7 +6574,7 @@ class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩[<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span class="cmtt-10">-user</span>] - <!--l. 3246--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span + <!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted. These styles display ⟨<span @@ -6567,23 +6583,23 @@ class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ in parentheses. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then the parenthetical element is omitted from the display style but is included in the inline style. - </p><!--l. 3252--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command applied to it. - </p><!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 3264--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a id="dx1-21079"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. - </p><!--l. 3258--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + </p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a id="dx1-21080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material may be changed.) - </p><!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span @@ -6639,7 +6655,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont </span>on first <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span> - <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a + <!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-21087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the @@ -6655,7 +6671,7 @@ href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a id="dx1-21090"></a> style is a minor variation that style that doesn’t set the attribute. - </p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a + </p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a id="dx1-21091"></a>, that have @@ -6673,7 +6689,7 @@ class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span> - <!--l. 3303--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span + <!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If <span class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a @@ -6682,12 +6698,12 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in parentheses. - </p><!--l. 3309--><p class="noindent" >If <span + </p><!--l. 3318--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to it. - </p><!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 3321--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span @@ -6701,21 +6717,21 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a id="dx1-21095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in the footnote outside of the <a id="dx1-21096"></a>link-text.</li></ul> - <!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations + <!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations where <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a id="dx1-21097"></a> doesn’t work. </div> - </p><!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-desc</span> - <!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span + <!--l. 3336--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations with this style. - </p><!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> + </p><!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p> <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span @@ -6737,12 +6753,12 @@ class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a </li></ul> -<!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 +<!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning using: -</p><!--l. 3346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21103"></a> <span @@ -6753,17 +6769,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a +<!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-22001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories @@ -6982,7 +6998,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). - <!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-22050"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a @@ -7192,12 +7208,12 @@ href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-22099"></a> attribute. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2 </span> <a id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4> -<!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a +<!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-23001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has @@ -7331,12 +7347,12 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-23028"></a> style but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This checks the value of the field given by - <!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a @@ -7354,7 +7370,7 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is governed by - </p><!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23032"></a> <span @@ -7363,7 +7379,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3584--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span @@ -7377,7 +7393,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a id="dx1-23035"></a>). - </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" >The ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" >The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument includes the font formatting command, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span> <span @@ -7394,7 +7410,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a id="dx1-23037"></a> style. - </p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" >For example: + </p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -7406,35 +7422,35 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a  <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]  <br /> {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V} </div> - <!--l. 3598--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3607--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 3610--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group (TUG)</p></div> - <!--l. 3603--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3612--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> e.V (DANTE, German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group)</p></div> - <!--l. 3608--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to - </p><!--l. 3609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to + </p><!--l. 3618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3611--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" > and the plural suffix is given by - </p><!--l. 3613--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps + </p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3626--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a @@ -7448,7 +7464,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </div> - <!--l. 3623--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3632--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span @@ -7495,12 +7511,12 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can redefine - <!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3642--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -7509,7 +7525,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok} </div> - <!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" > The <span + <!--l. 3655--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-23052"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are separated by <span @@ -7850,7 +7866,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a marker may be, if the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-23131"></a> package is used). - <!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + <!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -7858,8 +7874,8 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a form. The <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-23133"></a> is set to the long form. - </p><!--l. 3766--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3775--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23134"></a> <span @@ -7867,21 +7883,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form on <a id="dx1-23135"></a>first use or for the full form and - </p><!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23136"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" > to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>). - </p><!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: - </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3786--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use: + </p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23137"></a> <span @@ -7890,7 +7906,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" > By default, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a id="dx1-23138"></a><span @@ -7908,7 +7924,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3788--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: + <!--l. 3797--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink: @@ -7918,7 +7934,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For  <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3794--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span + <!--l. 3803--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference (see <a href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span @@ -8009,7 +8025,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a id="dx1-23158"></a>. - <!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span + <!--l. 3840--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -8151,7 +8167,7 @@ href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-23188"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted using - <!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23189"></a> <span @@ -8169,7 +8185,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span @@ -8184,7 +8200,7 @@ class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this attribute isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is displayed.) - </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 3909--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span @@ -8193,7 +8209,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form is: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span @@ -8203,7 +8219,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></div> - <!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by + <!--l. 3917--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -8212,7 +8228,7 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ may be moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>. - </p><!--l. 3913--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span + </p><!--l. 3922--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: @@ -8223,7 +8239,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:  <br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}  <br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </div> - <!--l. 3918--><p class="nopar" > then + <!--l. 3927--><p class="nopar" > then @@ -8231,10 +8247,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 3922--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 3931--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3925--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> - <!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas + <!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> + <!--l. 3936--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas @@ -8242,11 +8258,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> \gls{ip}[ Address] </div> - <!--l. 3930--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 3939--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div> - <!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >on first use. - </p><!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like + <!--l. 3942--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div> + <!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >on first use. + </p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that @@ -8256,12 +8272,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 3942--><p class="nopar" > will do + <!--l. 3951--><p class="nopar" > will do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3945--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div> + <!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div> </div> - <!--l. 3947--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" >If the <a + <!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >If the <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-23193"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of @@ -8272,11 +8288,11 @@ class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> \gls{ip}[-Adressen] </div> - <!--l. 3953--><p class="nopar" > would do + <!--l. 3962--><p class="nopar" > would do </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> - <!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >instead. - </p><!--l. 3960--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span + <!--l. 3965--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div> + <!--l. 3967--><p class="noindent" >instead. + </p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, then use <a @@ -8284,8 +8300,8 @@ href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23194"></a> instead to avoid nested links. </div> - </p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine + </p><!--l. 3973--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3975--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps @@ -8298,7 +8314,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix} </div> - <!--l. 3972--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. + <!--l. 3981--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span @@ -8331,7 +8347,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-23199"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23200"></a> but the user @@ -8342,7 +8358,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a id="dx1-23201"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23202"></a> but the @@ -8368,7 +8384,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - </p><!--l. 4006--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23203"></a> <span @@ -8377,7 +8393,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br />⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span @@ -8389,15 +8405,15 @@ class="cmti-10">isnert</span>⟩) - </p><!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span + </p><!--l. 4023--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23204"></a>.) </div> - </p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: - </p><!--l. 4020--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4028--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use: + </p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23205"></a> <span @@ -8409,7 +8425,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" > checks if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally @@ -8422,15 +8438,15 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ for this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4036--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -8447,7 +8463,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-23206"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23207"></a> but the @@ -8463,7 +8479,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23209"></a>, except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is formatted using - <!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23210"></a> <span @@ -8478,7 +8494,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4063--><p class="noindent" > which behaves in an analogous way to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -8487,7 +8503,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-23211"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 4059--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 4068--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23212"></a> but the user @@ -8527,7 +8543,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> where - <!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23215"></a> <span @@ -8536,21 +8552,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4075--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" > is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to those used with <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23216"></a>. - </p><!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 4088--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div> - </p><!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span + </p><!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span> behaves differently to the first use of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better @@ -8567,20 +8583,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a id="dx1-23217"></a> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a + <!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-23218"></a> but the user supplies the description. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 4097--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4097--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3> -<!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: -</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using: +</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24001"></a> <span @@ -8592,8 +8608,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4113--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a @@ -8605,7 +8621,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a -</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> unless you have reverted <span @@ -8619,17 +8635,17 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should redefine -</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" > to set the entry fields including the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-24007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted), @@ -8647,12 +8663,12 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-24013"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 4141--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div> -</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-24014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span @@ -8674,14 +8690,14 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:  <br />    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%  <br />    description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 4151--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 4160--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-24015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-24016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 4155--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a +</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-24017"></a>, use commands like <span @@ -8699,17 +8715,17 @@ be defined as appropriate in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within <span class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>. -</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine -</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" > which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do nothing.) -</p><!--l. 4171--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a id="dx1-24020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span @@ -8728,7 +8744,7 @@ class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:  <br />    {}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 4182--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a +<!--l. 4191--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-24021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a @@ -8740,53 +8756,53 @@ href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-24023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category. -</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the +</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the following token registers. -</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-24026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-24027"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>): -</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4219--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>): -</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" > (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user through the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-24030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-24031"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a +</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-24032"></a>). The @@ -8794,19 +8810,19 @@ above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands: -</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4234--><p class="noindent" > for the short form and -</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" > for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-24035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that @@ -8814,44 +8830,44 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a may be added by the attribute setting.) -</p><!--l. 4233--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: -</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="noindent" > which contains the entry’s label and -</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" > which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-24038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span +</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above. The category label can be access through the command (not a register): -</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" > This may be used inside the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>. -</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span @@ -8865,68 +8881,68 @@ style simply does <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc} </div> -<!--l. 4263--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span +<!--l. 4272--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 4266--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document. This argument should redefine the following commands. -</p><!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span +</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-24042"></a> key): -</p><!--l. 4272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="noindent" > (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.) -</p><!--l. 4278--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a +</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a id="dx1-24044"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like +</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a id="dx1-24046"></a>: -</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a +</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a id="dx1-24048"></a>first use or in the full forms: -</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span +</p><!--l. 4301--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use: -</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-24051"></a> on <a id="dx1-24052"></a>first use for @@ -8934,7 +8950,7 @@ abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24053"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24054"></a> <span @@ -8943,8 +8959,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4316--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-24055"></a> on <a @@ -8952,7 +8968,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24057"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24058"></a> <span @@ -8961,8 +8977,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-24059"></a> on <a id="dx1-24060"></a>first use for @@ -8970,7 +8986,7 @@ abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24061"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 4317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24062"></a> <span @@ -8982,8 +8998,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4330--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a id="dx1-24063"></a> on <a @@ -8992,7 +9008,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24065"></a> attribute set): -</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24066"></a> <span @@ -9001,12 +9017,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4337--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the display full forms. -</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4341--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-24067"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a @@ -9014,7 +9030,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a id="dx1-24069"></a>): -</p><!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24070"></a> <span @@ -9024,14 +9040,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-24071"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a id="dx1-24072"></a>): -</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24073"></a> <span @@ -9041,8 +9057,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4351--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4353--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a id="dx1-24074"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a @@ -9050,7 +9066,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a id="dx1-24076"></a>): -</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24077"></a> <span @@ -9060,14 +9076,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4350--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span +</p><!--l. 4357--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4359--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a id="dx1-24078"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a id="dx1-24079"></a>): -</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24080"></a> <span @@ -9077,16 +9093,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is +</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for abbreviations with the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-24081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these commands, the default values are used. -</p><!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24082"></a> <span @@ -9095,9 +9111,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24083"></a> <span @@ -9106,12 +9122,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: -</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change: +</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24084"></a> <span @@ -9121,9 +9137,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: -</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case: +</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24085"></a> <span @@ -9133,8 +9149,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span +</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-24086"></a> use the following <span @@ -9153,7 +9169,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ command.) -</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a +</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a id="dx1-24088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span @@ -9191,17 +9207,17 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:  <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 4420--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the +<!--l. 4429--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the display versions. -</p><!--l. 4424--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use -</p><!--l. 4425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use +</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24089"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="noindent" > within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the @@ -9217,8 +9233,8 @@ class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">   \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}% </div> -<!--l. 4433--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a +<!--l. 4442--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a id="dx1-24091"></a> that displays @@ -9239,7 +9255,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4448--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions +<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions such as <a href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a @@ -9252,18 +9268,18 @@ class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified styles. -</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code +</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). </p> -<!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4468--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2> -</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section titles. The principle problems are: </p> @@ -9297,9 +9313,9 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-25004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of contents.</li></ul> -<!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark +<!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark issues). -</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span +</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -9330,7 +9346,7 @@ this: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> \chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} </div> -<!--l. 4499--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span +<!--l. 4508--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-25008"></a>: @@ -9341,8 +9357,8 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a \chapter{A Chapter about  <br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}} </div> -<!--l. 4504--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do +<!--l. 4513--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span @@ -9356,7 +9372,7 @@ used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in th header using <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a id="dx1-25009"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a id="dx1-25010"></a> and @@ -9364,12 +9380,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a id="dx1-25011"></a>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their former definitions using -</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" > In this case, you’ll have to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span @@ -9383,13 +9399,13 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> \chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 4529--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span +<!--l. 4538--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don’t conflict with the page style. -</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span +</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a id="dx1-25013"></a> if <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a @@ -9398,7 +9414,7 @@ loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the bookmarks. -</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span +</p><!--l. 4552--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or equivalent) with the options <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a @@ -9411,7 +9427,7 @@ href="#catattr.headuc"><span class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a id="dx1-25017"></a> attribute to “true” for the appropriate category. -</p><!--l. 4551--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span +</p><!--l. 4560--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-25018"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter @@ -9429,37 +9445,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a id="dx1-25020"></a> package in this case. </div> -</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: -</p><!--l. 4565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="indent" > Display the short form: +</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: -</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4576--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form: +</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: -</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form: +</p><!--l. 4584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: -</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form: +</p><!--l. 4590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25024"></a> <span @@ -9469,111 +9485,111 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: -</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="indent" > Display the long form: +</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4591--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: -</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4598--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4600--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form: +</p><!--l. 4601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: -</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form: +</p><!--l. 4606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: -</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form: +</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span +</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span class="cmti-10">inline</span> full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: -</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="indent" > Display the full form: +</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: -</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form: +</p><!--l. 4627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: -</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form: +</p><!--l. 4632--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: -</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4637--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form: +</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-25033"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 4636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 4641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4652--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25036"></a> <span @@ -9583,64 +9599,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-25038"></a> field: -</p><!--l. 4657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4659--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4661--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case: +</p><!--l. 4671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" > (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.) -</p><!--l. 4667--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: -</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents: +</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4683--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4685--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2> -</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span +</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-26001"></a> (or commands that internally use it such as <span @@ -9654,14 +9670,14 @@ of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category labe class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-26004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters active.) -</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed +</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary type. Be careful not to confuse <span class="cmss-10">category</span><a id="dx1-26005"></a> with <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a id="dx1-26006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span +</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-26007"></a>. @@ -9674,7 +9690,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-26009"></a> by default. -</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span +</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a id="dx1-26010"></a> with the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a @@ -9699,20 +9715,20 @@ class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a option, that command will set the category to <span class="cmss-10">number</span><a id="dx1-26018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 4718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using -</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4725--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using +</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26020"></a> <span @@ -9727,7 +9743,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -9753,7 +9769,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>. -<!--l. 4729--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span +<!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-26022"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -9768,7 +9784,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>. -</p><!--l. 4737--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span +</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a @@ -9809,14 +9825,14 @@ href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a id="dx1-26032"></a> attribute then just redefine - <!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" > to do nothing. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -9866,7 +9882,7 @@ class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) - <!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a + <!--l. 4788--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a full stop. For example: @@ -9878,7 +9894,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided  <br /> {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\  <br />e.V.} </div> - <!--l. 4786--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span + <!--l. 4795--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-26044"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a @@ -9894,7 +9910,7 @@ class="cmss-10">user1</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> \glsuseri{dante}[.] </div> - <!--l. 4793--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a + <!--l. 4802--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a id="dx1-26047"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be discarded. @@ -9940,21 +9956,21 @@ class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry def class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a id="dx1-26055"></a> will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with - <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" > and each word is encapsulated with - </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -9964,7 +9980,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}  <br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol} </div> - <!--l. 4823--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as + <!--l. 4832--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as @@ -9973,7 +9989,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}  <br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}} </div> - <!--l. 4828--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a + <!--l. 4837--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a id="dx1-26058"></a>, take advantage of this @@ -9995,15 +10011,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. You can provide your own \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%  <br /> {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}} </div> - <!--l. 4840--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 4842--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. - </p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + <!--l. 4849--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. + </p><!--l. 4853--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-26060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 4848--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span @@ -10014,20 +10030,20 @@ href="#catattr.markwords"><span class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a id="dx1-26062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) - <!--l. 4854--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span + <!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-26063"></a> key isn’t used. This setting will take precedence over <a href="#catattr.insertdots"><span class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a id="dx1-26064"></a>. - </p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span + </p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup ending up in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-26065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div> - </p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4871--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span @@ -10051,14 +10067,14 @@ href="#catattr.markshortwords"><span class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a id="dx1-26068"></a><span class="cmti-10">.</span> - <!--l. 4874--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span + <!--l. 4883--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-26069"></a> key, you must explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot). </div> - </p><!--l. 4880--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a + </p><!--l. 4889--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a id="dx1-26070"></a> attribute set to “true”. @@ -10147,7 +10163,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-26088"></a> should behave. - <!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" >With <span + <!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous @@ -10185,7 +10201,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-26094"></a>). If you want to use a different command you can redefine: - <!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26095"></a> <span @@ -10193,7 +10209,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4936--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4945--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -10202,7 +10218,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span + <!--l. 4949--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why <span @@ -10210,7 +10226,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\xcapitalisefmtwords </span>is needed instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.) </p> </li></ul> - <!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design + <!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands. See the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a @@ -10233,7 +10249,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph} </div> - <!--l. 4960--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4969--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="catattr.glossname"></a><span @@ -10280,10 +10296,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph} </div> - <!--l. 4980--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span + <!--l. 4989--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute hasn’t been set. - </p><!--l. 4984--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, + </p><!--l. 4993--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change, such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. @@ -10319,7 +10335,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf} </div> - <!--l. 4999--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span + <!--l. 5008--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -10330,7 +10346,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a id="dx1-26112"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that expand to literal characters. - </p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding + </p><!--l. 5016--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding <span class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a @@ -10343,7 +10359,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to the entry’s label. - </p><!--l. 5013--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span + </p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span> which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want @@ -10359,10 +10375,10 @@ class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel} </div> - <!--l. 5020--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span + <!--l. 5029--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust the above as appropriate.) - </p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 5033--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a @@ -10375,7 +10391,7 @@ href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a id="dx1-26116"></a> for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part. - </p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" >For example: + </p><!--l. 5037--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -10385,11 +10401,11 @@ class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part.  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}  <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7} </div> - <!--l. 5033--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span + <!--l. 5042--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span> (page 7 of that PDF). - </p><!--l. 5037--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal + </p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a @@ -10409,11 +10425,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a  <br />  category=external,  <br />  description={external example}} </div> - <!--l. 5053--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5062--><p class="nopar" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5058--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: -</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using: +</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26118"></a> <span @@ -10426,17 +10442,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute. -</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a +</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26119"></a> attribute to “true”: -</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26120"></a> <span @@ -10444,10 +10460,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the +</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the shortcut command: -</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26121"></a> <span @@ -10460,13 +10476,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category. -</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using: +</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26122"></a> <span @@ -10477,10 +10493,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" > Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given entry: -</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26123"></a> <span @@ -10493,9 +10509,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: -</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5099--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using: +</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26124"></a> <span @@ -10510,7 +10526,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-26125"></a>’s <span @@ -10519,7 +10535,7 @@ class="cmti-10">true code</span>⟩ if the attribute has been set and isn’t blank and isn’t <span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from an entry is: -</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26126"></a> <span @@ -10534,9 +10550,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: -</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using: +</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26127"></a> <span @@ -10553,7 +10569,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" > This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by ⟨<span @@ -10563,7 +10579,7 @@ class="cmti-10">true-part</span>⟩ is done. If the attribute isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done. -</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -10571,7 +10587,7 @@ class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done. <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER} </div> -<!--l. 5121--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span +<!--l. 5130--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-26128"></a> category has the <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span @@ -10579,16 +10595,16 @@ class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a id="dx1-26129"></a> attribute set to <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”. -</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a +</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a href="#catattr.nohyper"><span class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a id="dx1-26130"></a>, make sure you always test for <span class="cmtt-10">true</span> not <span class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set. -</p><!--l. 5129--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular +</p><!--l. 5138--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26131"></a> <span @@ -10605,13 +10621,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5133--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a +</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26132"></a> attribute set to “true”: -</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26133"></a> <span @@ -10624,9 +10640,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="noindent" > Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26134"></a> <span @@ -10638,7 +10654,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="noindent" > Note that if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a @@ -10649,7 +10665,7 @@ href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26136"></a> attribute has been set to “false”: -</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26137"></a> <span @@ -10662,9 +10678,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">true-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" > or for a particular entry: -</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26138"></a> <span @@ -10676,15 +10692,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" > Again, if the <a href="#catattr.regular"><span class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a id="dx1-26139"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense. -</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: -</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using: +</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10698,7 +10714,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5171--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated list ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span @@ -10714,9 +10730,9 @@ omitted, all glossaries are assumed. -</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given +</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given attribute using: -</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26140"></a> <span @@ -10736,18 +10752,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command. -</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary +</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary field changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a id="dx1-26141"></a>. Alternatively, you can use -</p><!--l. 5184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26142"></a> <span @@ -10757,7 +10773,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" > This will change the category to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the comma-separated list ⟨<span @@ -10766,9 +10782,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a id="dx1-26143"></a> so it will expand ⟨<span class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global. -</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries +</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26144"></a> <span @@ -10779,18 +10795,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. </p> -<!--l. 5200--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting</h2> -</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a +</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span @@ -10808,15 +10824,15 @@ you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a href="#sec:categories"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used +</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used by commands that change the <a id="dx1-27004"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count. </div> -</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > With <span +</p><!--l. 5225--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" > With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-27005"></a> instead of <span @@ -10849,9 +10865,9 @@ href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a id="dx1-27011"></a>). -</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span +</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available: -</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27012"></a> <span @@ -10862,9 +10878,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5233--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27013"></a> <span @@ -10875,11 +10891,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5246--><p class="noindent" > These are analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use -</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27014"></a> <span @@ -10888,9 +10904,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27015"></a> <span @@ -10899,12 +10915,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5246--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" > which convert the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper case. -</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="indent" > Just using <span +</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" > Just using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>: @@ -10923,8 +10939,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 5272--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5274--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span +<!--l. 5281--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a @@ -10947,13 +10963,13 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 5299--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span +<!--l. 5308--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-27017"></a> now use -</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27018"></a> <span @@ -10966,7 +10982,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="noindent" > to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses commands like <span @@ -10982,7 +10998,7 @@ class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ but the usual <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩). -</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: +</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" > The default definition is: @@ -11000,7 +11016,7 @@ class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).  <br /> {#3}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5328--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a +<!--l. 5337--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a id="dx1-27020"></a> @@ -11008,7 +11024,7 @@ attribute then the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the attribute. -</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than +</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than four: @@ -11017,8 +11033,8 @@ four: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4} </div> -<!--l. 5339--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the +<!--l. 5348--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a @@ -11027,7 +11043,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-27022"></a>, etc to use <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a id="dx1-27023"></a> etc: -</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27024"></a> <span @@ -11038,7 +11054,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" > The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each category, the <a @@ -11058,14 +11074,14 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does:  <br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%  <br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}% </div> -<!--l. 5357--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. -</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 5366--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents. +</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will just set the <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a id="dx1-27026"></a> attribute for each listed category. -</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: +</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become: @@ -11083,12 +11099,12 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 5387--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times +<!--l. 5396--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can use -</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27027"></a> <span @@ -11101,22 +11117,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should be applied, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used by the sectional unit. -</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a id="dx1-27028"></a> counter. </div> -</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit +</p><!--l. 5415--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit counting in the same document. -</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span +</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ needs to be expandable. Since <span @@ -11131,7 +11147,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a +</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a href="#catattr.entrycount"><span class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a id="dx1-27030"></a> (as before) and @@ -11142,53 +11158,53 @@ class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a -</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting +</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for this run: -</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" > and the final value from the previous run: -</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5439--><p class="noindent" > In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In both commands ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. -</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: -</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides: +</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" > which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and -</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5452--><p class="noindent" > which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run. -</p><!--l. 5446--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. -</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: +</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting. +</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter: @@ -11212,7 +11228,7 @@ which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 5479--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span +<!--l. 5488--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a @@ -11226,19 +11242,19 @@ only used once, which trips the suppression trigger, so in that chapter, the long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary file. -</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger value. -</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing suppression because it’s in the <span class="cmss-10">general</span><a id="dx1-27037"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>. -</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following +</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following @@ -11247,12 +11263,12 @@ won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically supp hyperlink for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-27038"></a> by modifying the hook -</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5518--><p class="noindent" > which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the hyperlink. @@ -11280,10 +11296,10 @@ hyperlink.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 5544--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 5553--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each page. -</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span +</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a id="dx1-27040"></a> counter still applies. If the first instance of <span @@ -11294,11 +11310,11 @@ page. </p> -<!--l. 5553--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2> -</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, +</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary, and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a href="#catattr.indexname"><span @@ -11308,7 +11324,7 @@ class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a id="dx1-28002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a id="dx1-28003"></a> macro, used at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a @@ -11326,14 +11342,14 @@ location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-28007"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span +</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the external glossary file is modified to check for the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a id="dx1-28008"></a> attribute. -</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through -</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5586--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through +</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28009"></a> <span @@ -11343,7 +11359,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5580--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="noindent" > This uses the standard <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a id="dx1-28010"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s @@ -11355,15 +11371,15 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the automated index. -</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by -</p><!--l. 5588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5596--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by +</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5590--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is: @@ -11373,12 +11389,12 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default def <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5595--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span +<!--l. 5604--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s written to the index file. -</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: -</p><!--l. 5600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5608--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using: +</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28013"></a> <span @@ -11388,7 +11404,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5602--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the @@ -11402,31 +11418,31 @@ sort value. The default definition is:  <br />  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5609--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span +<!--l. 5618--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-28014"></a>’s special characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual value. -</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: -</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is: +</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="noindent" > This just does <span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default. -</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span +</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-28016"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing. </div> -</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5634--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-28017"></a> key, instead of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -11438,7 +11454,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5629--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span +<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-28019"></a> field, if present, otherwise the <span @@ -11455,8 +11471,8 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a  <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span +<!--l. 5647--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example: @@ -11466,7 +11482,7 @@ added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf} </div> -<!--l. 5646--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span +<!--l. 5655--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold whereas @@ -11476,13 +11492,13 @@ whereas <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true} </div> -<!--l. 5651--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. -</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter +<!--l. 5660--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index. +</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div> -</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5661--><p class="indent" > By default the <span +</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > By default the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-28021"></a> key won’t be used with the <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span @@ -11492,13 +11508,13 @@ allow the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-28023"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5667--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" > If you use this command and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-28025"></a> has been loaded, then the <span @@ -11509,7 +11525,7 @@ environment will be modified to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a id="dx1-28028"></a> to allow formats that use that command. -</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a +</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a href="#catattr.dualindex"><span class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a id="dx1-28029"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the @@ -11525,8 +11541,8 @@ class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a attribute will honour the <span class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a id="dx1-28033"></a> key. </div> -</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of <span class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a @@ -11546,41 +11562,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a id="dx1-28039"></a> have been defined before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded). -</p><!--l. 5688--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set +</p><!--l. 5697--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set the correct characters. -</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> -</p><!--l. 5692--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div> +</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5696--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" > Set the actual character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" > Set the level character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="noindent" > Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28043"></a> <span @@ -11590,18 +11606,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="noindent" > Set the encap character to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩. </p> -<!--l. 5714--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5714--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5723--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2> -</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5726--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span @@ -11610,8 +11626,8 @@ but they behave rather differently. If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5731--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5733--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-29001"></a><a @@ -11626,7 +11642,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a id="dx1-29003"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 5730--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span +</p><!--l. 5739--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of defining and using entries within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a @@ -11639,14 +11655,14 @@ class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span> This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" > When used, this defines the commands described below. -</p><!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 5750--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span @@ -11657,8 +11673,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there may be unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29009"></a> <span @@ -11669,7 +11685,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="noindent" > If an entry with the label ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> @@ -11704,7 +11720,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span +<!--l. 5772--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be omitted from the ⟨<span @@ -11713,15 +11729,15 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-29010"></a> key must be provided in the optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div> -</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5780--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be generated with -</p><!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29011"></a> <span @@ -11730,8 +11746,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span +</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5787--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span> below: @@ -11743,8 +11759,8 @@ below:  <br /> ... later  <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose} </div> -<!--l. 5784--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5786--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: +<!--l. 5793--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like: @@ -11755,14 +11771,14 @@ below:  <br /> ... later  <br />\goose\ some more text here </div> -<!--l. 5792--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the +<!--l. 5801--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the preamble with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-29012"></a> and then use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document. -</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span +</p><!--l. 5806--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>: -</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29013"></a> <span @@ -11773,12 +11789,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29014"></a> <span @@ -11789,12 +11805,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5805--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 5808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29015"></a> <span @@ -11805,12 +11821,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5810--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 5813--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an +</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels @@ -11819,20 +11835,20 @@ without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s experimental and may not work in some cases. -</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span +</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div> -</p><!--l. 5826--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5828--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5837--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5837--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:bib2gls"></a>bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</h2> -</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a +</p><!--l. 5840--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a id="dx1-30001"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -11855,7 +11871,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>). -</p><!--l. 5842--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to +</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> overhead by only defining the entries that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span @@ -11872,13 +11888,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a id="dx1-30006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30007"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span +</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist the integration of <a id="dx1-30008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30009"></a> into the document build process. -</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span +</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be extracted with <a id="dx1-30010"></a><span @@ -11904,8 +11920,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a  <br />  description={a waterbird with a long neck}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5876--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: +<!--l. 5885--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations: @@ -11929,8 +11945,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a  <br />  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5900--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5902--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: +<!--l. 5909--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols: @@ -11953,8 +11969,8 @@ preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}  <br />  description={a set}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5923--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a +<!--l. 5932--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a id="dx1-30012"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a @@ -11970,13 +11986,13 @@ class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 5929--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, +<!--l. 5938--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off, since <a id="dx1-30015"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30016"></a></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations. -</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom +</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom <a id="dx1-30017"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -11993,10 +12009,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but it’s a good idea to also ins id="dx1-30019"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30020"></a> to omit sorting to save time. -</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5949--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <span class="cmtt-10">\bib2gls </span>is loaded using: -</p><!--l. 5941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30021"></a> <span @@ -12006,20 +12022,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" > (Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version (recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>: -</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5948--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" > On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -12046,15 +12062,15 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of -<!--l. 5960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" > which is incremented at the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes regarding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. -</p><!--l. 5966--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -12074,7 +12090,7 @@ href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a -<!--l. 5976--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +<!--l. 5985--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the <a href="#styopt.record"><span @@ -12096,7 +12112,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved. This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is defined is larger than the placeholder ?? (as can occur with long citations). -</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>doesn’t work with <a id="dx1-30029"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span @@ -12108,8 +12124,8 @@ on subsequent runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by id="dx1-30031"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30032"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a +</p><!--l. 6000--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a id="dx1-30033"></a><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30034"></a> this in the @@ -12121,18 +12137,18 @@ options list. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}] </div> -<!--l. 5998--><p class="nopar" > See the <a +<!--l. 6007--><p class="nopar" > See the <a id="dx1-30035"></a><a href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-30036"></a></a> user manual for more details of this and other available options. -</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span +</p><!--l. 6011--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the category code of <span class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal commands stored in the location field. -</p><!--l. 6007--><p class="indent" > Since the <span +</p><!--l. 6016--><p class="indent" > Since the <span class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references used within the document and the definitions have been written in the order corresponding to <a id="dx1-30037"></a><span @@ -12146,7 +12162,7 @@ href="#sec:printunsrt"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span +</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>, <span @@ -12170,7 +12186,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path. Then the document might look like:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6035--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span +<!--l. 6044--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is: @@ -12181,7 +12197,7 @@ pdflatex mydoc  <br />bib2gls mydoc  <br />pdflatex mydoc </div> -<!--l. 6042--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span +<!--l. 6051--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span @@ -12220,7 +12236,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document build. -</p><!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort +</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort methods: @@ -12244,7 +12260,7 @@ methods:  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6087--><p class="nopar" > (By default, entries are sorted according to the operating system’s locale. +<!--l. 6096--><p class="nopar" > (By default, entries are sorted according to the operating system’s locale. If this doesn’t match the document language, you need to set this in the option list, for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">sort=de-CH-1996</span></span></span> for Swiss German using the new @@ -12253,11 +12269,11 @@ orthography.) </p> -<!--l. 6094--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6103--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2> -</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a id="dx1-31001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries @@ -12268,21 +12284,21 @@ class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-31003"></a> options. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command -</p><!--l. 6101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" > that works in the same way except that it uses <span class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a id="dx1-31005"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a id="dx1-31006"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using -</p><!--l. 6108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6116--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using +</p><!--l. 6117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31007"></a> <span @@ -12292,7 +12308,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" > This appends ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by ⟨<span @@ -12312,15 +12328,15 @@ switch off the targets: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> \printunsrtglossary[target=false] </div> -<!--l. 6120--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6122--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 6129--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary type using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting. With <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble using -</p><!--l. 6127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31010"></a> <span @@ -12329,9 +12345,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6129--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" > or prepend using -</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31011"></a> <span @@ -12340,24 +12356,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6133--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6135--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3> -<!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a +<!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a single argument. The field is given by -</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" > The default value is <span class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name <span class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>. -</p><!--l. 6147--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -12387,10 +12403,10 @@ class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.  <br />   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6177--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an +<!--l. 6184--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6186--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an argument: -</p><!--l. 6179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32002"></a> <span @@ -12401,7 +12417,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6190--><p class="noindent" > This effectively does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -12423,12 +12439,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>will simply do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. The default ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are given by -<!--l. 6190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" > @@ -12438,7 +12454,7 @@ replacement text of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. -</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 6207--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -12451,7 +12467,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.  <br />  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}  <br />\] </div> -<!--l. 6206--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span +<!--l. 6215--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will create a hyperlink (if <span @@ -12465,11 +12481,11 @@ suppresses the hyperlink: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex} </div> -<!--l. 6213--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6215--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +<!--l. 6222--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6224--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32005"></a> <span @@ -12478,7 +12494,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ within the PDF @@ -12489,14 +12505,14 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has been provided or just ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise. -</p><!--l. 6225--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6234--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t already exist: -</p><!--l. 6230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32006"></a> <span @@ -12508,7 +12524,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" > If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the third argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span @@ -12517,8 +12533,8 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of this new key. -</p><!--l. 6238--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: -</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6247--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with: +</p><!--l. 6248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32007"></a> <span @@ -12529,7 +12545,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="noindent" > This tests if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of @@ -12538,7 +12554,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of commands l class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was provided. -</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that +</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example, changing the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a @@ -12550,7 +12566,7 @@ the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-32010"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently changed. -</p><!--l. 6257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32011"></a> <span @@ -12561,7 +12577,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6268--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -12577,9 +12593,9 @@ command is robust. -</p><!--l. 6269--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses -</p><!--l. 6270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32012"></a> <span @@ -12591,11 +12607,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code. -</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span +</p><!--l. 6285--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a id="dx1-32013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -12614,7 +12630,7 @@ class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check. Alternatively you can instead use -</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32015"></a> <span @@ -12629,14 +12645,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">replacement</span> <span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6284--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" > This simply uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-32016"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command isn’t robust. There is also a version that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\csedef </span>instead: -</p><!--l. 6288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32017"></a> <span @@ -12651,8 +12667,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">replacement</span> <span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32018"></a> <span @@ -12663,10 +12679,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6294--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally. -</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32019"></a> <span @@ -12677,10 +12693,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 6302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32020"></a> <span @@ -12691,10 +12707,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion. -</p><!--l. 6307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32021"></a> <span @@ -12705,14 +12721,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ (using <span class="cmtt-10">\let</span>). -</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32022"></a> <span @@ -12724,10 +12740,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead. -</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32023"></a> <span @@ -12742,7 +12758,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6330--><p class="noindent" > Sets the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by @@ -12760,7 +12776,7 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>. -</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6338--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a id="dx1-32024"></a> to determine if a field has been @@ -12769,7 +12785,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version: -</p><!--l. 6332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32025"></a> <span @@ -12783,7 +12799,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6334--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.19.) Unlike <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span>, this version doesn’t complain if the entry (given by ⟨<span @@ -12794,17 +12810,17 @@ class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ part is done otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may use -</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" > to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version -</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32027"></a> <span @@ -12818,16 +12834,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" > omits the implicit grouping. -</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a id="dx1-32028"></a> which can be used to fetch the value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another way of accessing the field value: -</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32029"></a> <span @@ -12836,7 +12852,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" > This works in the same way as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span @@ -12846,10 +12862,10 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-32030"></a> manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is not robust. -</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to +</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>): -</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32031"></a> <span @@ -12858,8 +12874,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6372--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span +</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-32032"></a> internal list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using @@ -12867,7 +12883,7 @@ list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-32033"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 6376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32034"></a> <span @@ -12879,7 +12895,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span @@ -12889,7 +12905,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\listgadd</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>: -</p><!--l. 6383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32035"></a> <span @@ -12901,8 +12917,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32036"></a> <span @@ -12917,8 +12933,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</p><!--l. 6388--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32037"></a> <span @@ -12930,9 +12946,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6400--><p class="noindent" > You can then iterate over the list using: -</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32038"></a> <span @@ -12942,9 +12958,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32039"></a> <span @@ -12957,13 +12973,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="noindent" > that internally use <span class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span +</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>: -</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32040"></a> <span @@ -12980,10 +12996,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span> -</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32041"></a> <span @@ -13000,26 +13016,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6410--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > See the <span +</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="indent" > See the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-32042"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular the limitations of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>. -</p><!--l. 6416--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +</p><!--l. 6425--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a id="dx1-32043"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the preamble-only command: -</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6430--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -13029,7 +13045,7 @@ For example: \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </div> -<!--l. 6426--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span +<!--l. 6435--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>, the <span @@ -13076,32 +13092,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used in section 1.2 th <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2} </div> -<!--l. 6443--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span +<!--l. 6452--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its value can be accessed with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc. -</p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3> -<!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6463--><p class="noindent" > This behaves like <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>). -</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form -</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form +</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33002"></a> <span @@ -13110,7 +13126,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -13128,7 +13144,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\endgroup</span> class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary header. -<!--l. 6472--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first +<!--l. 6481--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a id="dx1-33003"></a><a @@ -13142,12 +13158,12 @@ href="#sec:bib2gls"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). -</p><!--l. 6478--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined +</p><!--l. 6487--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when using <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6483--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6485--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span +</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6494--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-33006"></a> key set, you will need the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a @@ -13164,7 +13180,7 @@ class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a id="dx1-33010"></a> package option will automatically deal with this. -</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -13179,34 +13195,34 @@ will automatically deal with this.  <br />\printunsrtglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6506--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. -</p><!--l. 6510--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a +<!--l. 6515--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first. +</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a href="#styopt.docdefs"><span class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a id="dx1-33011"></a> option, the document will require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run if the entries are defined after <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. -</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span +</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-33012"></a> key, which isn’t available). -</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: -</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using: +</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6521--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" > which is analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩]. -</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command internally uses -</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33014"></a> <span @@ -13214,18 +13230,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" > for each item in the list, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label. -</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="indent" > By default this just does -</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6541--><p class="indent" > By default this just does +</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" > which determines whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the @@ -13236,11 +13252,11 @@ class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a id="dx1-33017"></a> fields for the <a id="dx1-33018"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. -</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. -</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty +</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. +</p><!--l. 6551--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div> -</p><!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: +</p><!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes: @@ -13249,7 +13265,7 @@ glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div> \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}  <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section} </div> -<!--l. 6552--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries +<!--l. 6561--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries that include the current section number in the <span class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field: @@ -13263,8 +13279,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:  <br />  {}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6562--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6564--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span +<!--l. 6571--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6573--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will localise the change: @@ -13280,8 +13296,8 @@ localise the change:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6575--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6577--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span +<!--l. 6584--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6586--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-33019"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span @@ -13307,8 +13323,10 @@ duplicate hypertarget names. For example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6597--><p class="nopar" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the -glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards: +<!--l. 6606--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> +that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a +better approach to use: @@ -13322,6 +13340,29 @@ glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:  <br />  }%  <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%  <br />  {% + <br />    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}}% + <br />  }% + <br />  {% + <br />    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{theHsection}.}}% + <br />  }% + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 6626--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6628--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress +the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> +\printunsrtglossary*{% + <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{% + <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} + <br />    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}% + <br />    {}% + <br />  }% + <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}% + <br />  {%  <br />    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}%  <br />  }%  <br />  {% @@ -13331,9 +13372,9 @@ glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:  <br />  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6618--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that does this: -</p><!--l. 6621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6648--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6650--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this: +</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33020"></a> <span @@ -13344,20 +13385,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span> <span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6623--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" > The above example can simply be replaced with: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> \printunsrtglossaryunit{section} </div> -<!--l. 6627--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span +<!--l. 6657--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span> with -</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33021"></a> <span @@ -13366,20 +13407,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span> <span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="noindent" > so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> \printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6639--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” +<!--l. 6669--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary” (overriding the glossary’s title). -</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a +</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a id="dx1-33022"></a> (or @@ -13388,7 +13429,7 @@ href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a id="dx1-33023"></a>) package option. -</p><!--l. 6646--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use +</p><!--l. 6676--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target @@ -13400,12 +13441,12 @@ the front or back matter) which can be the target for all glossary references an just use <span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section etc. -</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3> -<!--l. 6659--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span +<!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a id="dx1-34001"></a> key. The value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s @@ -13416,7 +13457,7 @@ defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34003"></a></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6666--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6696--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> @@ -13479,7 +13520,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using <span class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>. - <!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a + <!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a href="#styopt.record"><span class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span class="cmss-10">=only</span><a @@ -13491,13 +13532,13 @@ href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> for aliased entries is controlled href="#glo:bib2gls"><span class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a id="dx1-34015"></a>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul> -<!--l. 6689--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by -</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6719--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by +</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6722--><p class="noindent" > This is performed after the default options provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a id="dx1-34017"></a> @@ -13508,49 +13549,49 @@ class="cmss-10">=only</span><a id="dx1-34018"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do nothing. -</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span +</p><!--l. 6728--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use -</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6729--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" > to index ⟨<span class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6704--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. +</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> \renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%  <br /> \glsxtrindexaliased  <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6711--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span +<!--l. 6741--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span class="cmss-10">alias</span><a id="dx1-34020"></a> field can be accessed using -</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6748--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2> -</p><!--l. 6721--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-35001"></a> (for @@ -13559,10 +13600,10 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-35002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t automatically loaded. </p> -<!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6756--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3> -<!--l. 6729--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span +<!--l. 6759--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-36001"></a> after <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For @@ -13571,7 +13612,7 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix} @@ -13586,13 +13627,13 @@ example:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 6752--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6782--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3> -<!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 6787--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-37001"></a> needs to be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through the @@ -13604,10 +13645,10 @@ class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra} </div> -<!--l. 6762--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span +<!--l. 6792--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-37003"></a> or you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a @@ -13619,7 +13660,7 @@ class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands described below will simply be equiv corresponding <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. -</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" > The following <span +</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="indent" > The following <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped around the corresponding <span @@ -13627,34 +13668,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing information. -</p><!--l. 6774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-37006"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6780--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-37007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 6784--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: +<!--l. 6814--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%  <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay  <br />  {% @@ -13663,20 +13704,20 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6794--><p class="nopar" > (<span +<!--l. 6824--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a id="dx1-37008"></a> is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-37009"></a> package.) The first letter upper case version is: -</p><!--l. 6798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" > Without the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-37011"></a> package this is just defined as: @@ -13684,17 +13725,17 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 6805--><p class="nopar" > With the <span +<!--l. 6835--><p class="nopar" > With the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-37012"></a> package this is defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%  <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay  <br />  {% @@ -13703,112 +13744,112 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a  <br />  {#1}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6815--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. -</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6845--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner. +</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-37014"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6855--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-37016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-37018"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-37020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-37022"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-37024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6883--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-37026"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-37028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-37030"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37031"></a> <span @@ -13818,150 +13859,150 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-37032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a id="dx1-37034"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a id="dx1-37036"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">desc</span><a id="dx1-37038"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">desc</span><a id="dx1-37040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a id="dx1-37042"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a id="dx1-37044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-37046"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6913--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-37048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-37050"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-37052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-37054"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-37056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37057"></a> <span @@ -13971,18 +14012,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-37058"></a> field. -</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" > This displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-37060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper @@ -13991,11 +14032,11 @@ case. </p> -<!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2> -</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: +</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -14264,11 +14305,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>. -<!--l. 7079--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7109--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span +</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want to change in your document and that’s <span class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a @@ -14289,15 +14330,15 @@ been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). -</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: +</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations} </div> -<!--l. 7095--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span +<!--l. 7125--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-39004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a @@ -14306,13 +14347,13 @@ class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> \appto\captionsenglish{%  <br /> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7101--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span +<!--l. 7131--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a id="dx1-39006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations. For example: @@ -14320,24 +14361,24 @@ For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> \printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}] </div> -<!--l. 7107--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 7137--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> \printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}] </div> -<!--l. 7111--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t +<!--l. 7141--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t appear in the final draft of your document. -</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7146--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules if they exist, but won’t warn if they don’t. -</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file +</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -14347,12 +14388,12 @@ class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-39007"></a> package). For example, <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: +</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09 v1.0]  <br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%  <br /> \def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}% @@ -14378,8 +14419,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.  <br />  \glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7153--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language +<!--l. 7183--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language identifier <span class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. This <span @@ -14390,9 +14431,9 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path so that it can be found by class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more packages than I am able to maintain.) -</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used +</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands: -</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39008"></a> <span @@ -14402,39 +14443,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the + <!--l. 7202--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the glossary ‘⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></div> -<!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in + <!--l. 7210--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in this glossary.</p></div> -<!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7188--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span + <!--l. 7218--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option list when you load <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div> -<!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39011"></a> <span @@ -14442,10 +14483,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span + <!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries? If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span @@ -14457,7 +14498,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">] </span>as the optional argument? If you did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type set to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div> -<!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39012"></a> <span @@ -14465,25 +14506,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7231--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7204--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span + <!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div> -<!--l. 7207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7209--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" >You need + <!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" >You need to either replace <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or @@ -14497,17 +14538,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>) class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then rebuild this document.</p></div> -<!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span + <!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span @@ -14515,25 +14556,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nofiles</span>. If this is just a draft version of the document, you can suppress this message using the <span class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div> -<!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7225--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7255--><p class="noindent" > This produces the following text in English: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7228--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div> -<!--l. 7231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 7258--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div> +<!--l. 7261--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" > This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details. -</p><!--l. 7238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39017"></a> <span @@ -14541,7 +14582,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7270--><p class="noindent" > This is the message produced when the <span class="cmss-10">automake</span><a id="dx1-39018"></a> option is used, but the document @@ -15304,7 +15345,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4040" >302</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >303</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4052" >304</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >305</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >306</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" >306</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6026" >307</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" >308</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >309</a>, <a @@ -15336,7 +15377,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4041" >331</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >332</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >333</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" >335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" >335</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >336</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15013" >337</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >338</a>, <a @@ -15389,7 +15430,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26128" >374</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" >375</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >376</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5034" >376</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >377</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a @@ -15710,7 +15751,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32018" ><span class="cmti-10">581</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" >582</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >582</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >583</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" >584</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >585</a>, <a @@ -15740,7 +15781,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37012" >606</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38021" >607</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >608</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >609</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package  <a @@ -16804,7 +16845,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8031" ><span class="cmti-10">899</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" ><span class="cmti-10">900</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span></span></span>  <a @@ -17076,7 +17117,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40024" ><span class="cmbx-10">997</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" ><span class="cmti-10">998</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">M</span> @@ -17085,21 +17126,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3027" >999</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1000</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >1001</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" >1002</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >1002</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40027" ><span class="cmbx-10">1003</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5035" ><span +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" ><span class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >1005</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1005</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40031" ><span class="cmbx-10">1006</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1007</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >1007</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40030" ><span class="cmbx-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span @@ -17150,15 +17191,15 @@ class="cmti-10">1029</span></a> <br /></span> class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">alias</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1030</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >1031</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >1030</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" >1031</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" >1032</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34005" >1033</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" >1034</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >1035</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">category</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1036</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1036</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >1037</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17010" >1038</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >1039</a>, <a @@ -17191,13 +17232,13 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23180" >1059</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23186" >1060</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" >1061</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30044" >1062</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1063</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1063</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" >1064</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >1065</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >1066</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5026" >1067</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" >1064</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >1065</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5025" >1066</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1067</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">first</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8013" >1068</a>, <a @@ -17241,7 +17282,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26045" >1097</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28019" >1098</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37054" >1099</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37056" >1100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1101</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1101</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10010" >1102</a>, <a @@ -17306,8 +17347,8 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4037" >1152</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >1153</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4051" >1154</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >1155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5013" >1157</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5013" >1156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >1157</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" >1158</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" >1159</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1160</a>, <a @@ -17330,8 +17371,8 @@ class="cmss-10">seealso</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >1175</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >1176</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >1177</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >1178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" >1179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1178</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >1179</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >1180</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >1181</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7038" >1182</a>, <a @@ -17352,7 +17393,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26044" >1194</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26077" >1195</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37046" >1196</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37048" >1197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1198</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1198</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10011" >1199</a>, <a @@ -17392,7 +17433,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28020" >1229</a> <br /></span> class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" >1230</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37032" >1231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1232</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5031" >1232</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37034" >1233</a>, <a @@ -17470,7 +17511,7 @@ href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4099" >1283</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >1284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5041" >1284</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" >1285</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>  <a @@ -17485,7 +17526,7 @@ class="cmss-10">docdef</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >1290</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1291</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >1292</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" >1293</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" >1293</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">restricted</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >1294</a> <br /></span> @@ -17508,7 +17549,7 @@ class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" >1301</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5032" >1302</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >1302</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26011" >1303</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>  <a @@ -17728,104 +17769,107 @@ class="cmss-10">target</span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5008" >1402</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31009" >1403</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span>  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1404</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1404</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1405</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >1405</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >1406</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">R</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">relsizes </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" >1413</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" >1414</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12045" ><span -class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">slantsc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >1416</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >1417</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">T</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1417</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >1419</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1418</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >1420</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1420</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1421</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >1421</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >1422</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >1424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1425</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >1427</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >1429</a>, <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >1425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >1428</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >1430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1431</a>, <a href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40038" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >1432</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >1433</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >1433</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >1434</a> <br /></span> </p></div> <a id="dx1-41001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 283--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a @@ -17835,28 +17879,28 @@ class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-8">to incorporate new features, but</span> <span class="cmr-8">a few new minor features slipped in with some bug fixes in v4.21.</span></p> -<!--l. 925--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 934--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">The </span><span class="cmss-8">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-5026"></a> <span + id="dx1-5027"></a> <span class="cmr-8">key is a throwback to the base package’s original acronym mechanism</span> <span class="cmr-8">before the introduction of the </span><span class="cmss-8">long</span><a - id="dx1-5027"></a> <span + id="dx1-5028"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmss-8">short</span><a - id="dx1-5028"></a> <span + id="dx1-5029"></a> <span class="cmr-8">keys, where the long form was stored in the </span><span class="cmss-8">description</span><a - id="dx1-5029"></a> + id="dx1-5030"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field and the short form was stored in the </span><span class="cmss-8">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-5030"></a> <span + id="dx1-5031"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">For compatibility with earlier versions, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsabbrvscfont </span><span @@ -17871,12 +17915,12 @@ class="cmtt-8">\glsxtrscfont </span><span class="cmr-8">is now deprecated. Likewise for similar</span> <span class="cmr-8">commands.</span></p> -<!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 5963--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Version 1.11 only allowed one use of </span><span class="cmtt-8">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span><span class="cmr-8">per document.</span></p> -<!--l. 5974--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 5983--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">v1.08 assumed </span>⟨<span class="cmti-8">filename</span>⟩<span diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 4cce82cfdf4..7c36bbd9e96 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex index e6f12508fea..56e1c4270cc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex @@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ styles (glossaries):>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} \MakeShortVerb{"} - \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.19: + \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.20: an extension to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] Dickimaw Books\\ \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2017-09-08} + \date{2017-09-11} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -855,13 +855,22 @@ This also has a starred version that doesn't automatically switch off hyperlinks. The individual glossary displaying commands \ics{printglossary}, -\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have an extra -key \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can +\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have two extra +keys: + +\begin{itemize} +\item \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each entry. Unlike \cs{glsdisablehyper} this doesn't switch off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won't be affected. This is a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to be displayed multiple times. +\item +\gloskey[printglossary]{targetnameprefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. Another way +of avoiding duplicate target names is to set a prefix +used for the names. Unlike changing \cs{glolinkprefix} this doesn't affect +any hyperlinks (such as those created with \cs{gls}). +\end{itemize} The \cs{newglossaryentry} command has three new keys: \begin{itemize} @@ -6595,6 +6604,27 @@ avoid duplicate hypertarget names. For example: }% } \end{verbatim} +Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions +contain commands like \cs{gls} that need to link an entry that +doesn't appear in the summary. In this case, it's a better approach +to use: +\begin{verbatim} +\printunsrtglossary*{% + \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{% + \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection} + {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}% + {}% + }% + \ifcsundef{theHsection}% + {% + \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}}% + }% + {% + \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{theHsection}.}}% + }% +} +\end{verbatim} + If it's a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards: @@ -6617,7 +6647,7 @@ space afterwards: } \end{verbatim} -There's a shortcut command that does this: +There's a shortcut command that essentially does this: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printunsrtglossaryunit] \cs{printunsrtglossaryunit}\oarg{options}\marg{counter name} \end{definition} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf Binary files differindex 134b8b2fce5..009a541e310 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf Binary files differindex 9bf1fef1aba..bf85bd47982 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf Binary files differindex a1c57a95805..7cda7b41e32 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf Binary files differindex a7ef80fa2c1..febcab39d2a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex 529aaef8db3..4c353514e87 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf Binary files differindex 94daab3981b..3b3b47d884d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf Binary files differindex 9dcf0dc5fd1..a1237da0907 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf Binary files differindex 81b8e15c62b..cd769ec76a7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf Binary files differindex eb96aba3139..780ea7f9db0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf Binary files differindex 1f69d541840..ee67ac81758 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex f808bea5c03..2b1f6b0d11a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf Binary files differindex e22e241b0c8..2b9bf20afdd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex 2daa552e219..5b407335f71 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf Binary files differindex 849f5567390..b18f835acb3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf Binary files differindex 1773e729ccd..102574c095d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 2da575a39e0..3d944f5cbba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf Binary files differindex 9dfb9e4058f..8372cf14cee 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf Binary files differindex 46ce0c5bf0a..b2c01f2181d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf Binary files differindex 1f337d22000..79aca7ef653 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf Binary files differindex 04793152b95..1737882e6f3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf Binary files differindex 1f733b650d4..9b1bab71974 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf Binary files differindex a8de1aa901c..24f4354b641 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf Binary files differindex bdb81ec7383..651b152fd83 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf Binary files differindex 53396c9d7a9..6e143a8c950 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf Binary files differindex 1719d924ba2..ee11f4ac5ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf Binary files differindex dc1302678ee..a72fe8f9ba4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf Binary files differindex c9460679cee..b8006b95067 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex 279cf194350..8f08f5482d4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf Binary files differindex 4f9c1a8feb3..76f413303a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex bdc6a3e8efe..e3ac091f528 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf Binary files differindex 706d3f98ea2..34c921f9aa8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf Binary files differindex e92c7d3ce60..b81dc9035a7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf Binary files differindex a5aaa30e4e4..3d3fe73ee15 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf Binary files differindex 63f60ed34c8..143062734f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf Binary files differindex bfa4b989a6e..af5cdcb258a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 2c34b09d011..7f3430da2f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex index 3238f386e01..b52ad045bbd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ \appto\glossarypreamble{% \providecommand{\bibglslocsuffix}[1]{\@.}% } +\providecommand*{\bibglsflattenedhomograph}[2]{#1} \providecommand{\bibglsnewentry}[4]{% \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},#2}{#4}% } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf Binary files differindex 918d466d15e..d33b91240c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf Binary files differindex 0d2b2281b77..287ca08da64 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 179a7b9ade2..1bc2dfbb3f6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf Binary files differindex 4d4eb48591e..34ddde821ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf Binary files differindex e4fd62e460c..31722e07d70 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf Binary files differindex 7143dcfc9be..3a6202a0725 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf Binary files differindex 200fc872127..b2afc521098 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf Binary files differindex 8e81707e688..28a489fb8aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 337b1dd4785..c624abcfe3d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf Binary files differindex dadff3b0e91..36a5c63b233 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf |